1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
30 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
31 #include "plugin-api.h"
35 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
36 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
38 struct elf_info_failed
40 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
44 /* This structure is used to pass information to
45 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
47 struct elf_find_verdep_info
49 /* General link information. */
50 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
51 /* The number of dependencies. */
53 /* Whether we had a failure. */
57 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
58 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
61 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
62 unsigned long r_symndx
,
65 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
66 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
68 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
70 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
72 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
73 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
74 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
76 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
77 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
78 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
79 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
85 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
86 but it could be a relocation against a local
87 symbol for a discarded section. */
89 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
91 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
92 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
93 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
95 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
101 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
104 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
105 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
109 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
110 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
111 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
113 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
116 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
117 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
118 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
119 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
120 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
126 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
127 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
128 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
131 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
132 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
135 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
136 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
137 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
138 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
140 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
145 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
149 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
151 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
153 /* This function may be called more than once. */
154 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
157 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
159 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
160 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
161 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
162 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
165 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
169 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
171 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
175 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
177 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
179 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
184 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
185 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
187 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
189 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
190 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
191 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
192 a global offset table. */
193 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
194 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
195 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
203 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
205 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
207 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
209 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
210 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
212 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
213 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
214 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
215 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
216 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
220 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
222 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
223 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
224 && elf_object_id (ibfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (hash_table
)
225 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
226 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
232 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
235 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
237 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
238 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
244 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
245 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
246 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
247 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
248 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
249 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
252 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
256 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
257 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
259 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
262 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
265 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
268 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
269 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
271 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
273 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
274 shared library does not. */
275 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
277 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
278 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
283 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
284 if they are not needed. */
285 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
286 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
288 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
291 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
292 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
294 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 1))
297 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
298 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
300 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
303 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
304 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
306 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
308 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
310 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
311 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
315 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
317 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
320 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
321 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
322 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
323 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
324 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
325 to decide how to initialize the process. */
326 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
327 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
333 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
334 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
336 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
338 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
341 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
)
343 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
344 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
346 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
348 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
349 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
350 variable count of 32-bit words. */
351 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
352 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
354 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
357 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
358 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
359 the .got and .plt sections. */
360 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
361 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
364 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
369 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
372 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
374 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
377 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
378 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
380 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
381 .rel[a].bss sections. */
382 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
385 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
386 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
387 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
388 to read in from the object file. */
389 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
391 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
392 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
393 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
395 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
401 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
403 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
405 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
406 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
407 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
412 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
413 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
414 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
415 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
417 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
421 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
424 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
426 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
427 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
428 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
429 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
430 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
431 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
432 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
433 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
438 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
440 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
441 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
442 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
443 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
450 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
451 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
452 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
453 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
454 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
455 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
456 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
457 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
458 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
459 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
461 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
463 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
464 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
465 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
466 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
468 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
472 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
474 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
475 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
476 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
477 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
479 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
481 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
489 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
490 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
491 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
492 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
493 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
494 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
498 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
499 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
501 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
503 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
508 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
509 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
510 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
511 this would not be necessary. */
512 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
516 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
517 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
520 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
528 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
529 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
534 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
535 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
540 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
542 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
543 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
545 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
546 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
547 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
548 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
549 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
552 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
557 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
559 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
565 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
568 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
570 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
572 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
574 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
575 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
578 if ((info
->dynamic_data
579 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
580 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
582 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
583 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
586 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
589 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
591 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
595 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
596 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
599 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
600 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
606 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
609 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
612 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
613 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
617 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
618 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
620 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
622 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
623 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
626 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
627 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
629 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
633 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
634 else will have non_elf set. */
637 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
641 switch (h
->root
.type
)
643 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
644 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
645 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
648 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
649 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
650 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
651 may depend on this. */
652 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
653 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
654 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
656 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
658 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
659 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
660 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
661 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
663 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
664 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
665 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
666 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
668 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
669 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
670 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
671 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
678 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
679 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
680 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
681 force the correct value. */
685 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
687 /* If this symbol is currently defined by a dynamic object, but not
688 by a regular object, then clear out any version information because
689 the symbol will not be associated with the dynamic object any
691 if (h
->def_dynamic
&& !h
->def_regular
)
692 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
694 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
701 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
702 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
703 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
704 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
707 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
709 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
711 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
712 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
717 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
718 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
722 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
725 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
726 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
727 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
730 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
732 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
733 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
741 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
742 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
743 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
746 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
751 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
752 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
753 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
756 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
757 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
759 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
762 /* See if the entry exists already. */
763 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
764 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
767 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
768 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
772 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
773 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
774 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
776 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
780 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
781 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
785 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
786 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
788 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
789 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
790 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
795 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
796 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
797 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
799 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
802 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
803 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
808 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
809 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
811 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
813 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
815 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
816 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
817 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
818 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
821 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
823 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
825 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
830 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
833 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
837 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
839 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
840 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
845 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
846 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
847 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
850 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
853 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
858 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
859 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
865 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
866 STB_LOCAL binding. */
869 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
872 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
874 if (!h
->forced_local
)
877 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
878 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
883 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
884 omitted when creating a shared library. */
886 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
890 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
893 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
897 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
898 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
900 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
901 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
902 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
904 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
905 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
906 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
908 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
909 against any other section. */
916 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
917 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
918 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
919 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
924 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
925 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
926 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
927 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
928 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
929 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
930 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
931 that are stripped.) */
934 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
935 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
936 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
938 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
939 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
941 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
942 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
944 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
946 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
947 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
948 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
949 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
950 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
954 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
957 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
960 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
962 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
963 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
966 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
968 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
969 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
970 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
972 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
974 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
975 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
978 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
979 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
980 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
984 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
988 /* Merge st_other field. */
991 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
992 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
993 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
995 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
997 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
998 code might be needed here. */
999 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1000 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1005 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1006 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1008 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1009 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1010 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1011 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1014 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1015 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1016 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1019 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1020 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1021 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1022 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1023 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1024 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1025 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1026 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1027 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1028 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1029 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1030 type or size does change. */
1033 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1034 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1036 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1039 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1041 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1042 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1044 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1045 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1046 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1049 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1050 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1052 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1055 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1056 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1059 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1065 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1067 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1068 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1070 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1071 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1076 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1078 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1079 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1081 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1082 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1085 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1087 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1088 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1090 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1093 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1097 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1102 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1103 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1105 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1106 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1107 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1111 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1115 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1116 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1117 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1118 the same symbol version. */
1119 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1120 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1121 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1122 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1127 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1131 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1132 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1137 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1138 have the same symbol version. */
1139 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1140 || (old_version
!= NULL
1141 && new_version
!= NULL
1142 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1147 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1152 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1157 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1158 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1159 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1162 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1163 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1164 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1165 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1168 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1169 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1170 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1172 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1175 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1178 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1179 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1180 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1181 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1183 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1185 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1186 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1188 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1190 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1191 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1193 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1195 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1196 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1197 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1198 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1199 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1200 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1201 reference to the executable symbol. */
1204 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1206 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1208 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1209 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1214 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1217 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1221 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1222 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1223 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1225 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1231 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1232 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1233 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1234 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1235 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1236 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1238 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1239 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1240 || !h
->def_regular
))
1245 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1246 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1248 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1249 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1250 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1253 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1254 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1256 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1257 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1259 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1260 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1263 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1264 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1266 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1268 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1269 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1270 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1272 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1273 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1275 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1276 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1278 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1279 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1281 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1282 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1283 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1284 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1285 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1286 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1288 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1289 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1290 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1291 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1292 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1300 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1301 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1308 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1309 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1313 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1315 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1316 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1320 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1321 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1327 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1328 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1329 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1331 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1332 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1333 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1334 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1337 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1338 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1340 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1361 /* xgettext:c-format */
1362 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1363 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1364 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1365 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1367 /* xgettext:c-format */
1368 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1369 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1370 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1375 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1376 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1381 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1382 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1384 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1388 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1389 definition from a dynamic object. */
1391 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1392 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1395 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1397 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1398 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1399 recorded as dynamic.
1401 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1402 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1403 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1408 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1411 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1412 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1413 object, we remove the old definition. */
1414 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1416 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1417 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1418 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1419 was referenced before. */
1422 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1423 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1424 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1426 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1427 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1429 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1430 any dynamic link state. */
1431 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1432 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1439 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1449 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1450 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1451 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1452 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1453 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1454 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1455 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1456 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1458 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1459 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1463 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1464 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1467 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1469 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1470 any dynamic link state. */
1471 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1472 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1478 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1484 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1485 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1486 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1487 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1488 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1489 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1490 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1492 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1493 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1494 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1495 DEFINED script function.
1497 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1498 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1500 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1502 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1505 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1506 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1507 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1509 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1510 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1511 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1516 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1517 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1519 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1520 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1523 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1524 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1526 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1527 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1528 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1529 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1530 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1531 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1532 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1533 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1534 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1535 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1536 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1539 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1540 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1542 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1543 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1544 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1545 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1546 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1552 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1553 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1556 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1558 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1562 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1564 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1565 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1568 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1570 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1572 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1573 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1574 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1576 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1581 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1582 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1583 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1584 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1586 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1587 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1589 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1590 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1591 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1596 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1597 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1602 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1604 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1605 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1606 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1607 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1608 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1610 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1611 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1612 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1613 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1615 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1618 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1619 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1620 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1621 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1622 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1623 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1625 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1626 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1627 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1628 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1629 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1630 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1635 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1636 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1640 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1642 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1643 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1645 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1646 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1647 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1648 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1649 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1651 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1652 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1655 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1656 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1657 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1658 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1662 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1666 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1667 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1668 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1669 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1672 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1673 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1675 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1676 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1677 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1678 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1684 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1685 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1687 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1688 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1689 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1693 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1698 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1699 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1700 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1701 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1702 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1704 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1705 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1706 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1711 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1712 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1717 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1718 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1721 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1722 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1723 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1726 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1728 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1729 overriding a function. */
1731 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1735 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1736 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1739 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1741 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1744 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1747 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1748 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1749 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1750 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1753 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1754 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1755 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1756 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1757 in the shared library. */
1760 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1763 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1764 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1765 or the alignment. */
1766 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1767 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1769 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1770 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1772 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1775 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1776 in the dynamic object. */
1777 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1778 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1781 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1783 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1784 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1786 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1787 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1789 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1792 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1797 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1798 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1799 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1800 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1801 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1802 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1803 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1804 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1808 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1815 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1816 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1817 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1818 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1821 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1822 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1823 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1825 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1829 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1831 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1832 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1836 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1837 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1838 bfd_boolean collect
;
1839 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1840 bfd_boolean override
;
1842 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1844 bfd_boolean matched
;
1846 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1849 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1850 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1851 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1852 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1853 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1854 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1858 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1863 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1865 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1869 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1874 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1880 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1881 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1882 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1884 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1885 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1886 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1888 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1889 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1891 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1892 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1893 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1894 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1895 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1896 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1899 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1900 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1901 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1907 if (hi
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (hi
))
1909 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1910 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1911 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1912 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1913 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1914 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1919 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1920 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1921 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1923 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1927 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1928 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1934 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1935 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1938 if (bh
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1939 && bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
1940 && (bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1942 /* Mark the previous definition from IR object as
1943 undefined so that the generic linker will override
1945 bh
->type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1946 bh
->u
.undef
.abfd
= bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1948 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1949 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1950 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1951 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1953 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1958 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1959 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1960 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1961 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1962 name, and it is the default version.
1964 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1965 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1966 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1968 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1969 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1970 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1971 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1972 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1973 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1974 definition in the regular object. */
1976 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1977 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1978 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1980 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1981 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1985 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1989 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1994 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1995 other fields correctly. */
1999 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
2000 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2001 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2003 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2004 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2005 the user in that case. */
2007 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2011 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2012 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2014 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2015 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2016 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2017 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2018 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2020 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2026 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2033 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2039 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2043 len
= strlen (name
);
2044 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2045 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2047 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2048 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2050 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2051 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2052 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2054 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2055 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2056 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2064 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2065 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2066 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2067 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2068 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2070 /* xgettext:c-format */
2071 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2077 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2078 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2079 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2081 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2083 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2084 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2085 to the user in that case. */
2087 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2089 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2090 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2091 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2093 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2099 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2105 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2115 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2116 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2119 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2121 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2123 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2124 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2127 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2128 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2131 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2132 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2133 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2134 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2136 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2146 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2147 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2148 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2149 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2152 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2155 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2156 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2157 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2160 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2165 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2166 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2167 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2170 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2171 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2175 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2178 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2179 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2185 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2190 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2193 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2197 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2198 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2199 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2203 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2206 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2210 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2211 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2212 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2214 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2216 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2217 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2219 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2222 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2229 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2230 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2233 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2235 const char *version_p
,
2236 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2239 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2241 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2242 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2244 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2248 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2250 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2251 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2254 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2255 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2256 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2257 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2259 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2263 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2264 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2266 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2268 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2270 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2273 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2287 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2290 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2291 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2294 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2295 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2296 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2298 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2299 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2302 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2303 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2305 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2308 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2312 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2316 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2321 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2323 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2326 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2327 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2328 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2330 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2338 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2339 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2340 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2341 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2344 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2346 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2347 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2349 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2353 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2356 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2359 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2362 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2366 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2368 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2370 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2372 /* Hide symbols defined in discarded input sections. */
2373 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2374 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2375 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
2376 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2381 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2382 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2384 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2387 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2390 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2394 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2396 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2401 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2403 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2404 version node for this version. */
2405 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2407 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2410 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2411 to worry about it. */
2412 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2415 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2419 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2424 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2428 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2429 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2430 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2432 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2436 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2440 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2444 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2445 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2447 /* xgettext:c-format */
2448 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2449 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2451 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2456 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2459 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2460 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2463 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2464 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2465 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2466 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2472 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2473 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2474 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2475 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2476 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2477 relocations should be stored.
2479 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2482 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2484 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2485 void *external_relocs
,
2486 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2488 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2489 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2490 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2491 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2492 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2493 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2496 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2497 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2500 /* Read the relocations. */
2501 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2504 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2505 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2507 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2509 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2510 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2511 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2512 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2513 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2516 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2520 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2521 /* Setting erelaend like this and comparing with <= handles case of
2522 a fuzzed object with sh_size not a multiple of sh_entsize. */
2523 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
- shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2524 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2525 while (erela
<= erelaend
)
2529 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2530 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2531 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2535 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2538 /* xgettext:c-format */
2539 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2540 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2541 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2542 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2543 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2547 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2550 /* xgettext:c-format */
2551 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2552 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2553 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2554 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2555 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2559 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2560 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2566 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2567 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2568 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2569 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2570 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2571 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2572 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2573 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2574 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2577 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2579 void *external_relocs
,
2580 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2581 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2583 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2584 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2585 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2586 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2587 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2589 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2590 return esdo
->relocs
;
2592 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2595 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2599 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2601 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2603 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2604 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2608 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2610 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2613 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2615 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2617 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2620 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2623 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2626 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2630 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2631 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2632 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2633 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2637 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2639 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2642 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2644 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2649 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2650 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2652 return internal_relocs
;
2660 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2667 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2668 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2671 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2672 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2674 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2676 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2677 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2679 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2680 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2681 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2682 we zero the allocated space. */
2683 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2684 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2687 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2689 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2691 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2692 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2696 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2702 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2703 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2707 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2708 asection
*input_section
,
2709 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2710 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2714 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2715 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2717 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2718 asection
*output_section
;
2719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2720 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2721 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2723 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2725 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2726 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2727 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2729 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2730 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2732 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2733 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2735 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2736 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2741 /* xgettext:c-format */
2742 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2743 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2748 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2749 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2750 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2751 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2752 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2753 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2755 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2756 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2757 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2760 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2762 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2767 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2770 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2771 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2773 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2775 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2776 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2781 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2782 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2783 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2784 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2785 the face of future changes. */
2788 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2789 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2791 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2793 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2794 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2795 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2796 an ELF dynamic object. */
2799 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2800 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2802 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2803 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2806 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2810 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2811 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2812 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2815 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2821 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2825 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2834 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2835 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2836 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2837 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2838 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2839 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2840 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2841 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2843 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2844 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2845 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2846 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2847 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2851 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2852 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2853 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2854 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2857 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2858 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2859 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2860 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2861 flag will not have been set. */
2862 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2866 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2869 /* Symbols defined in discarded sections shouldn't be dynamic. */
2870 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
&& h
->indx
== -3)
2871 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2873 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2874 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2875 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2876 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2877 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2879 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2880 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2882 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2883 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2884 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2888 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2890 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2891 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2892 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2893 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2894 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2895 will force it local. */
2896 else if (h
->needs_plt
2897 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2898 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2899 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2900 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2903 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2905 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2906 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2907 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2910 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2911 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2912 over to the real definition. */
2913 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2917 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2918 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2919 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. If the def is not
2920 bfd_link_hash_defined as it was when put on the alias list
2921 then it must have originally been a versioned symbol (for
2922 which a non-versioned indirect symbol is created) and later
2923 a definition for the non-versioned symbol is found. In that
2924 case the indirection is flipped with the versioned symbol
2925 becoming an indirect pointing at the non-versioned symbol.
2926 Thus, not an alias any more. */
2927 if (def
->def_regular
2928 || def
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
2931 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2932 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2936 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2937 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2938 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2939 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2940 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2941 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2948 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2949 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2953 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2955 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2956 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2959 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2962 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2963 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2966 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2967 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2970 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2971 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2973 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2975 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2976 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2977 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2979 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2980 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2981 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2983 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2991 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2992 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2993 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2994 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2995 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2996 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2997 referenced by another one? */
2999 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
3003 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
3005 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
3009 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
3010 can happen via a recursive call. */
3011 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
3014 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
3015 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
3016 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
3017 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
3018 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
3020 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
3021 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
3022 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
3023 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3025 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3026 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3027 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3028 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3029 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3030 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3031 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3034 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3035 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3036 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3037 extern int timezone;
3039 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3040 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3041 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3042 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3043 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3044 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3045 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3046 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3048 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3050 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3052 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3053 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3054 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3056 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3057 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3058 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3062 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3063 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3064 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3065 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3066 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3068 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3071 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3072 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3074 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3083 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3087 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3088 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3091 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3093 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3095 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3096 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3097 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3098 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3099 for the minimum alignment. */
3100 power_of_two
= bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
3101 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3102 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3108 if (power_of_two
> bfd_section_alignment (dynbss
))
3110 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3111 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
, power_of_two
))
3115 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3116 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3118 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3119 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3120 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3122 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3123 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3125 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3126 if (h
->protected_def
3127 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3128 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3129 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3130 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3131 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3132 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3137 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3138 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3141 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3145 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3146 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3147 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3148 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3150 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3152 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3153 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3154 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3155 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3156 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3162 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3163 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3164 considered to bind dynamically. */
3167 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3169 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3171 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3172 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3173 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3178 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3179 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3180 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3182 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3183 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3185 if (h
->forced_local
)
3188 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3189 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3190 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3191 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3193 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3200 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3201 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3204 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3206 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3207 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3208 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3209 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3210 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3217 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3218 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3221 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3222 us that it remains local. */
3223 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3226 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3227 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3228 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3229 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3230 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3231 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3232 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3234 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3235 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3236 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3237 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3240 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3241 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3242 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3245 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3247 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3251 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3252 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3253 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3256 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3257 if (h
->forced_local
)
3260 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3261 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3262 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3264 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3265 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3266 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3269 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3270 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3273 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3274 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3275 shared libraries. */
3276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3279 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3280 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3281 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3284 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3285 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3288 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3290 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3291 symbols are local. */
3292 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3293 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3294 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3295 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3298 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3299 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3300 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3301 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3302 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3303 return local_protected
;
3306 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3307 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3309 struct bfd_section
*
3310 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3312 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3313 unsigned int align
= 0;
3315 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3316 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3320 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3321 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3322 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3324 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3326 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3327 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3329 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3334 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3336 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3341 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3342 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3343 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3346 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3347 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3348 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3351 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3352 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3355 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3356 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3357 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3360 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3361 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3362 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3363 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3365 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3367 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3368 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3369 in the same way that it used to do. */
3375 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3376 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3377 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3379 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3390 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3394 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3397 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3398 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3399 get the correct symbol table. */
3400 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3401 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3402 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3403 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3407 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3409 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3410 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3412 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3413 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3415 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3417 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3419 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3420 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3421 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3423 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3428 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3429 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3432 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3435 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3436 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3438 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3441 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3443 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3447 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3452 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3454 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3464 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3467 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3474 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3475 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3476 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3478 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3479 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3482 if (tag
== DT_RELA
|| tag
== DT_REL
)
3483 hash_table
->dynamic_relocs
= TRUE
;
3485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3486 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3487 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3489 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3490 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3491 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3495 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3496 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3499 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3504 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3505 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3506 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3509 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3510 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3514 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3517 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3520 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3521 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3522 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3525 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3528 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3531 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3532 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3534 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3535 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3536 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3538 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3540 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3541 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3542 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3544 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3552 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3555 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3559 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3560 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3565 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3566 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3570 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3571 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3572 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3574 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3575 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3576 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3577 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3578 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3579 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3580 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3581 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3582 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3583 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3584 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3590 /* Sort symbol by value, section, size, and type. */
3592 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3594 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3595 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3596 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3601 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3602 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3603 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3605 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3607 sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3611 /* Sort so that sized symbols are selected over zero size symbols. */
3612 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3614 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3616 /* Sort so that STT_OBJECT is selected over STT_NOTYPE. */
3617 if (h1
->type
!= h2
->type
)
3618 return h1
->type
- h2
->type
;
3620 /* If symbols are properly sized and typed, and multiple strong
3621 aliases are not defined in a shared library by the user we
3622 shouldn't get here. Unfortunately linker script symbols like
3623 __bss_start sometimes match a user symbol defined at the start of
3624 .bss without proper size and type. We'd like to preference the
3625 user symbol over reserved system symbols. Sort on leading
3627 n1
= h1
->root
.root
.string
;
3628 n2
= h2
->root
.root
.string
;
3641 /* Final sort on name selects user symbols like '_u' over reserved
3642 system symbols like '_Z' and also will avoid qsort instability. */
3646 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3647 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3650 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3652 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3654 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3655 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3659 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3663 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3665 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3666 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3667 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3668 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3671 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3674 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3675 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3677 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3678 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3679 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3681 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3682 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3683 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3684 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3686 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3688 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3692 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3702 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3707 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3710 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3711 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3712 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3713 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3715 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3716 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3718 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3719 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3724 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3725 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3727 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3731 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3733 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3734 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3736 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3738 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3739 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3740 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3742 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3743 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3744 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3747 while (def
.vd_next
);
3750 /* Adjust version references. */
3751 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3756 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3757 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3759 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3763 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3765 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3766 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3767 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3768 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3769 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3771 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3772 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3773 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3775 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3777 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3778 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3781 while (need
.vn_next
);
3787 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3788 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3792 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3793 const bfd_target
*output
)
3795 return input
== output
;
3798 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3799 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3800 are virtually identical. */
3803 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3804 const bfd_target
*output
)
3806 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3808 if (input
== output
)
3811 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3812 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3814 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3817 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3818 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3821 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3822 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3823 processing the lib. */
3826 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3827 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3828 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3830 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3833 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3836 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3838 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3839 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3841 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3842 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3845 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3846 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3847 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3848 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3849 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3850 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3851 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3852 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3853 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3854 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3856 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3857 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3858 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3859 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3860 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3861 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3862 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3866 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3868 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3871 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3872 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3873 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3874 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3875 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3876 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3877 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3880 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3882 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3885 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3887 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3888 free (internal_relocs
);
3898 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3901 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3903 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3908 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3909 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3910 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3911 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym_end
= NULL
;
3912 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3914 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3915 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3916 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3917 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3918 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3919 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3920 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3921 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3922 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3923 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3924 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3925 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3926 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3928 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3929 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3930 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3933 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3935 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3936 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3938 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3944 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3945 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3946 the format of the output file. */
3947 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3948 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3949 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3951 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3954 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3959 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3960 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3961 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3962 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3963 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3964 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3965 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3967 /* xgettext:c-format */
3968 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3969 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3971 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3972 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3973 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3974 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3975 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3976 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3980 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
3981 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3986 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3988 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3989 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3990 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3991 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3992 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3993 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3994 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3995 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3999 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4001 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4003 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
4005 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4006 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4011 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
4015 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
4020 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4021 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
4022 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
4025 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
4027 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
4028 not get copied into the output file. */
4031 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
4032 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
4033 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
4038 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
4039 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
4044 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
4045 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
4046 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
4047 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
4048 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
4049 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
4050 make a shared library. */
4052 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4053 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4055 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
4056 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4057 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
4058 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4060 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4064 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4068 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4070 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4071 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4074 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4075 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4079 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4080 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4081 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4082 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4083 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4084 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4086 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4087 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4088 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4090 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4095 unsigned int elfsec
;
4096 unsigned long shlink
;
4098 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4105 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4106 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4107 goto error_free_dyn
;
4108 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4110 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4111 extdyn
<= dynbuf
+ s
->size
- bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
4112 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4114 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4116 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4117 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4119 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4120 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4122 goto error_free_dyn
;
4124 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4126 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4128 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4129 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4131 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4132 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4133 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4134 goto error_free_dyn
;
4135 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4136 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4138 goto error_free_dyn
;
4139 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4143 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4147 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4149 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4151 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4152 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4154 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4155 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4156 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4157 goto error_free_dyn
;
4158 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4159 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4161 goto error_free_dyn
;
4162 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4166 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4172 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4173 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4175 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4177 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4178 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4180 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4181 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4182 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4183 goto error_free_dyn
;
4184 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4185 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4187 goto error_free_dyn
;
4188 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4198 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4200 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4201 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4208 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4209 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4215 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4216 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4221 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4222 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4223 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4224 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4225 while (phdr
-- > elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4226 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4228 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4229 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4230 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4231 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4232 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4236 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4237 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4238 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4239 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4240 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4241 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4243 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4245 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4246 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4247 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4248 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4250 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4252 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4253 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4254 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4257 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4258 will need to know it. */
4259 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4261 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4265 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4266 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4267 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4271 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4272 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4275 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4276 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4277 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4278 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4280 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4281 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4283 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4285 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4287 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4288 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4290 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4292 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4297 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4298 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4301 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4302 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4304 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4306 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4309 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4311 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4313 size_t amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4314 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4315 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4316 goto error_free_sym
;
4317 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4323 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4324 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4325 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4326 goto error_free_sym
;
4328 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4329 to internal format. */
4330 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4332 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4333 bfd_size_type amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4335 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4336 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4337 goto error_free_sym
;
4338 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4339 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4340 goto error_free_vers
;
4341 extversym_end
= extversym
+ amt
/ sizeof (*extversym
);
4345 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4346 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4347 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4348 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4353 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4355 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4356 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4358 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4360 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4361 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4362 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4363 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4367 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4368 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4369 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4370 goto error_free_vers
;
4372 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4373 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4374 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4375 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4376 goto error_free_vers
;
4378 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4379 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4380 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4381 goto error_free_vers
;
4383 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4384 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4385 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4386 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4387 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4388 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4389 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4390 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4391 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4392 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4393 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4394 goto error_free_vers
;
4396 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4398 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4399 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4401 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4403 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4404 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4405 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4406 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4408 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4409 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4416 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4418 else if (extversym
+ extsymoff
< extversym_end
)
4419 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
4422 /* xgettext:c-format */
4423 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: invalid version offset %lx (max %lx)"),
4424 abfd
, (long) extsymoff
,
4425 (long) (extversym_end
- extversym
) / sizeof (* extversym
));
4426 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4427 goto error_free_vers
;
4430 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4431 && abfd
->lto_slim_object
)
4434 (_("%pB: plugin needed to handle lto object"), abfd
);
4437 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4439 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4443 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4446 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4447 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4448 bfd_boolean definition
;
4449 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4450 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4451 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4452 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4453 bfd_boolean override
;
4455 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4456 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4457 unsigned int shindex
;
4459 bfd_boolean matched
;
4463 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4465 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4466 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4467 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4469 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4470 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4475 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4479 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4480 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4481 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4483 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4486 /* If we aren't prepared to handle locals within the globals
4487 then we'll likely segfault on a NULL symbol hash if the
4488 symbol is ever referenced in relocations. */
4489 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
4490 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, hdr
->sh_name
);
4491 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s local symbol at index %lu"
4492 " (>= sh_info of %lu)"),
4493 abfd
, name
, (long) (isym
- isymbuf
+ extsymoff
),
4496 /* Dynamic object relocations are not processed by ld, so
4497 ld won't run into the problem mentioned above. */
4500 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4501 goto error_free_vers
;
4504 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4512 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4513 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4517 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4521 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4522 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4523 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4524 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4525 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4527 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4528 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4529 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4530 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4534 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4536 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4537 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4539 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4541 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4543 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4545 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4549 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4552 goto error_free_vers
;
4554 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4555 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4557 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4561 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4563 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4565 goto error_free_vers
;
4569 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4570 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4571 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4573 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4577 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4578 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4579 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4581 goto error_free_vers
;
4585 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4587 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4589 goto error_free_vers
;
4591 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4592 should be skipped for some reason. */
4597 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4601 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4602 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4603 for this executable. */
4604 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4605 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4608 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4609 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4614 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4615 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4622 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4624 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4625 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4630 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4631 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4632 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4636 else if (ever
>= extversym_end
)
4638 /* xgettext:c-format */
4639 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: not enough version information"),
4641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4642 goto error_free_vers
;
4645 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4647 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4649 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4650 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4651 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4652 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4653 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4654 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4656 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4657 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4660 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4663 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4665 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4667 else if (vernum
> 1)
4669 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4676 /* xgettext:c-format */
4677 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4679 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4680 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4681 goto error_free_vers
;
4686 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4687 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4688 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4690 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4693 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4697 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4699 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4701 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4703 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4713 /* xgettext:c-format */
4714 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4715 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4716 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4717 goto error_free_vers
;
4721 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4722 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4723 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4724 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4725 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4728 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4729 if (newname
== NULL
)
4730 goto error_free_vers
;
4731 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4732 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4734 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4735 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4736 default version of the symbol. */
4737 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4738 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4740 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4745 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4746 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4747 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4750 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4751 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4752 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4754 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4755 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4756 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4757 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4759 goto error_free_vers
;
4764 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4766 if (override
&& matched
)
4770 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4771 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4772 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4774 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4777 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4780 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4781 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4782 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4783 goto error_free_vers
;
4786 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4789 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4790 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4791 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4793 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4794 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4800 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4804 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4805 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4806 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4808 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4809 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4810 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4811 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4812 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4813 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4814 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4815 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4816 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4817 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4818 definition anyhow. */
4824 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4825 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4826 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4831 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4834 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4835 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4836 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4838 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4839 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4841 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4844 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4846 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4847 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4848 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4849 object and a shared object. */
4850 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4852 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4853 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4854 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4861 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4862 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4874 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4875 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4876 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4877 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4887 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4892 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4895 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4896 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4897 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4901 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4905 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4906 the default name. */
4908 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4909 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4910 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4911 goto error_free_vers
;
4913 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4914 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4915 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4916 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4917 alignment is maintained. */
4918 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4919 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4921 unsigned int common_align
;
4922 unsigned int normal_align
;
4923 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4927 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4928 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4930 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4931 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4932 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4933 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4935 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4936 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4937 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4940 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4944 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4945 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4950 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4952 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4955 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4957 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4958 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4960 /* xgettext:c-format */
4961 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4962 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4963 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4964 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4967 /* xgettext:c-format */
4968 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4969 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4970 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4971 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4975 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4976 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4977 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4978 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4981 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4982 && ! size_change_ok
)
4984 /* xgettext:c-format */
4985 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4986 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4987 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4988 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4990 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4993 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4994 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4995 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4996 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4997 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4999 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5000 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5002 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
5003 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
5004 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5005 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
5007 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
5009 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
5011 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5012 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5015 if (h
->type
!= type
)
5017 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
5018 /* xgettext:c-format */
5020 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
5021 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
5022 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
5028 /* Merge st_other field. */
5029 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
5031 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
5033 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
5034 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
5037 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
5038 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
5043 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
5044 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
5047 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
5049 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5050 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5052 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
5053 aliases can be checked. */
5056 size_t amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
5057 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5059 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5061 goto error_free_vers
;
5063 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
5067 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
5069 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5070 goto error_free_vers
;
5072 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
5074 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
5075 goto error_free_vers
;
5078 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5079 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
5080 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
5082 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
5086 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5091 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
5092 for unmatched symbol. */
5097 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5099 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5100 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5101 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5102 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5103 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5106 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5108 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5109 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5111 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5112 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5113 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5114 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5117 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5120 /* xgettext:c-format */
5121 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5123 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5124 goto error_free_vers
;
5127 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5128 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5131 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5133 goto error_free_vers
;
5135 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5140 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5141 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5142 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5148 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5153 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5154 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5155 the correct symbol resolution. */
5157 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5158 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5160 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5161 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5163 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5164 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5165 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5166 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5167 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5168 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5169 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5172 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5175 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5176 goto error_free_vers
;
5178 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5179 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5180 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5182 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5183 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5185 /* Skip local symbols. */
5186 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5189 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5191 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5194 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5195 free (internal_relocs
);
5199 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5205 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5211 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5215 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5216 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5217 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5218 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5219 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5220 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5221 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5222 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5223 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5224 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5225 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5228 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5230 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5231 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5233 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5234 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5236 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5238 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5239 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5240 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5242 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5243 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5244 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5246 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5248 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5249 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5254 alignment_power
= 0;
5256 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5257 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5258 in the second pass. */
5259 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5260 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5261 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5262 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5263 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5265 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5266 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5267 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5269 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5271 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5272 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5273 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5274 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5276 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5280 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5281 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5282 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5283 goto error_free_vers
;
5286 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5288 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5289 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5293 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5295 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5296 goto error_free_vers
;
5301 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5302 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5303 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5304 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5308 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5311 char *shortname
, *p
;
5314 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5316 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5317 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5320 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5321 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5323 goto error_free_vers
;
5324 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5325 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5327 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5328 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5329 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5331 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5332 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5333 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5335 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5336 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5337 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5338 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5339 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5341 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5342 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5344 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5350 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5351 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5354 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5355 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5356 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5357 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5358 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5359 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5360 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5361 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5362 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5363 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5364 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5365 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5370 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5372 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5373 size_t sym_count
, amt
;
5375 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5376 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5377 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5378 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (*sorted_sym_hash
);
5379 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
5380 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5382 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5383 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5384 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5386 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5390 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5391 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5399 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
, sizeof (*sorted_sym_hash
),
5402 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5404 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5407 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5410 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5411 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5413 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5414 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5417 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5418 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5424 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5426 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5427 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5434 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5444 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5448 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5449 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5450 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5451 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5454 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5455 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5456 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5460 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5461 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5462 the largest size. */
5465 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5467 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5468 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5469 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5471 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5473 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5476 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5478 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5479 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5483 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5484 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5486 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5488 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5491 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5496 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5497 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5498 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5499 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5500 real definition and the weak definition. */
5501 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5503 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5504 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5511 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5514 if (bed
->check_directives
5515 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5518 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5519 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5521 && ! info
->traditional_format
5522 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5523 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5527 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5528 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5530 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5533 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5534 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5535 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5536 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5537 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5538 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5540 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5542 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5543 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5544 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5547 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5548 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5553 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5555 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5556 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5558 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5562 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5569 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5571 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5573 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5574 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5575 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5578 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5584 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5585 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5588 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5589 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5592 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5596 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5600 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5601 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5602 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5603 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5605 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5606 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5609 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5610 len
= strlen (name
);
5611 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5613 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5615 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5616 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5617 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5619 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5622 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5624 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5625 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5626 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5629 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5633 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5634 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5635 handle versioned symbols.
5637 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5638 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5639 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5640 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5643 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5644 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5647 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5650 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5654 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5655 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5656 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5658 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5660 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5661 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5667 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5668 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5669 second and subsequent passes. */
5670 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5673 amt
= c
* sizeof (*included
);
5674 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5675 if (included
== NULL
)
5678 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5679 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5680 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5693 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5694 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5698 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5703 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5709 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5710 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5716 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5718 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5719 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5720 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5721 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5724 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5725 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5726 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5727 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5728 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5730 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5733 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5735 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5736 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5741 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5742 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5743 if (element
== NULL
)
5746 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5749 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5751 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5752 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5754 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5757 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5758 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5759 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5760 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5761 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5762 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5763 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5764 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5767 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5768 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5772 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5777 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5779 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5780 on through the loop. */
5781 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5791 if (included
!= NULL
)
5796 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5800 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5802 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5805 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5807 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5809 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5814 struct hash_codes_info
5816 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5820 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5821 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5824 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5826 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5831 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5832 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5835 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5836 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5838 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5841 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5847 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5848 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5853 /* Compute the hash value. */
5854 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5856 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5857 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5859 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5861 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5869 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5872 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5873 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5874 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5875 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5876 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5877 unsigned long int *indx
;
5878 unsigned long int *counts
;
5882 long int min_dynindx
;
5883 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5884 unsigned long int symindx
;
5885 long int local_indx
;
5886 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5887 unsigned long int mask
;
5891 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5892 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5895 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5897 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5902 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5903 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5906 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5907 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5910 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5911 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5913 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5916 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5922 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5923 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5928 /* Compute the hash value. */
5929 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5931 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5932 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5933 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5934 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5936 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5937 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5945 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5946 final dynamic symbol renumbering in case of .gnu.hash.
5947 If using .MIPS.xhash, invoke record_xhash_symbol to add symbol index
5948 to the translation table. */
5951 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5953 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5954 unsigned long int bucket
;
5955 unsigned long int val
;
5957 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5958 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5961 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5962 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5964 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5966 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5968 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, 0);
5972 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5977 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5978 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5979 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5980 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5982 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5983 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5984 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5985 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5987 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5988 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5989 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5990 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5992 bfd_vma xlat_loc
= s
->xlat
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
]++ - s
->symindx
) * 4;
5994 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, xlat_loc
);
5997 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
6001 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6004 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6006 return !(h
->forced_local
6007 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6008 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6009 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6010 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6011 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
6014 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
6015 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
6016 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
6017 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
6018 than 32771 buckets. */
6020 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
6022 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
6026 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
6027 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
6028 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
6029 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
6030 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
6031 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
6032 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
6033 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
6035 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6036 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6037 unsigned long int nsyms
,
6040 size_t best_size
= 0;
6041 unsigned long int i
;
6043 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
6044 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
6045 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
6046 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
6051 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
6052 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6053 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
6054 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
6055 unsigned long int *counts
;
6057 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
6059 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
6060 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
6062 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
6065 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
6070 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
6074 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
6075 since the size could be large. */
6077 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
6078 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6082 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
6083 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
6085 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
6087 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
6088 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
6089 unsigned long int j
;
6090 unsigned long int fact
;
6092 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
6095 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
6097 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6098 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
6099 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
6101 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
6102 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
6103 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
6104 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
6105 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6106 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6107 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6110 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6112 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6115 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6116 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6117 over a few long chains). */
6118 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6119 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6121 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6122 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6125 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6126 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6127 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6128 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6129 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6131 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6132 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6133 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6137 /* Compare with current best results. */
6138 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6142 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6144 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6145 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6146 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6153 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6155 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6156 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6157 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6158 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6160 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6161 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6164 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6171 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6174 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6179 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6180 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6181 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6182 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6183 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6188 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6189 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6190 undefined it is initialized. */
6193 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6195 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6196 bfd_vma default_size
)
6198 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6200 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6202 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6203 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6204 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6205 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6207 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6209 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6210 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6211 if (info
->stacksize
)
6212 /* xgettext:c-format */
6213 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6214 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6215 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6216 /* xgettext:c-format */
6217 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6218 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6220 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6223 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6224 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6225 size, set it now. */
6226 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6228 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6229 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6230 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6232 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6234 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6235 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6236 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6237 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6238 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6241 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6243 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6249 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6251 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6253 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6254 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6259 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6262 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6263 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6264 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6265 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6266 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6267 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6269 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6271 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6272 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6275 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6281 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6282 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6283 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6284 addresses of the various sections. */
6287 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6290 const char *filter_shlib
,
6292 const char *depaudit
,
6293 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6294 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6295 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6298 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6302 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6305 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6307 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6309 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6310 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6311 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6312 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6316 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6317 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6318 if (info
->export_dynamic
6319 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6321 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6325 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6326 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6334 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6336 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6337 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6341 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6343 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6344 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6345 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6346 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6348 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6349 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6350 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6351 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6353 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6355 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6357 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6358 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6360 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6361 if (newname
== NULL
)
6363 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6364 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6366 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6367 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6369 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6370 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6371 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6374 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6375 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6377 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6379 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6380 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6381 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6386 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6387 not defined in a shared object. */
6389 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6390 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6391 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6395 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6396 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6397 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6399 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6400 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6405 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6407 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6408 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6409 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6410 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6411 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6414 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6415 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6416 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6421 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6426 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6427 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6428 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6430 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6431 just linking a regular application. */
6432 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6434 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6435 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6436 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6438 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6439 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6445 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6446 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6447 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6454 /* Make space for the base version. */
6455 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6456 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6459 /* Make space for the default version. */
6460 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6462 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6466 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6468 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6470 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6474 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6475 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6478 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6479 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6483 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6484 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6487 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6491 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6492 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6495 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6497 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6498 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6502 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6503 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6504 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6507 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6509 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6511 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6512 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6519 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6520 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6521 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6523 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6525 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6527 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6529 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6530 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6531 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6532 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6534 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6536 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6537 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6539 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6541 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6544 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6545 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6547 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6550 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6551 aux block, but different flags. */
6554 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6556 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6557 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6560 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6561 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6562 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6564 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6565 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6566 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6568 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6571 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6573 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6578 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6581 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6583 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6584 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6586 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6588 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6591 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6592 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6594 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6597 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6599 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6600 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6602 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6603 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6604 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6605 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6606 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6609 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6610 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6611 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6612 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6614 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6615 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6616 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6618 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6619 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6620 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6622 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6623 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6625 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6626 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6627 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6628 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6630 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6631 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6632 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6634 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6636 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6638 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6640 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6644 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6645 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6648 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6649 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6651 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6653 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6654 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6655 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6659 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6663 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6665 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6667 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6669 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6670 dynamic symbol table. */
6671 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6672 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6673 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6677 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6680 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6682 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6684 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6685 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6688 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6689 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6691 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6693 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6694 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6699 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6700 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6703 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6708 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6711 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6713 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6715 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6717 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6719 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6720 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6724 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6725 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6729 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6731 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6734 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6738 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6741 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6743 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6744 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6745 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6746 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6748 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6751 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6752 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6755 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6756 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6758 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6759 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6760 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6762 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6764 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6765 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6766 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6767 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6770 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6773 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6775 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6776 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6777 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6781 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6785 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6786 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6787 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6788 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6789 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6790 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6792 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6793 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6796 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6797 we're dynamic or not. */
6798 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6799 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6802 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6803 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6804 if (info
->execstack
)
6805 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6806 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6807 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6811 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6814 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6816 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6821 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6823 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6824 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6827 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6830 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6834 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6837 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6838 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6839 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6840 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6841 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6844 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6846 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6847 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6851 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6852 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6856 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6858 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6866 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6868 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6871 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6872 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6876 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6880 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6881 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6882 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6883 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6887 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6889 const char * const *p
;
6891 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6895 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6897 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6898 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6907 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6909 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6910 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6914 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6918 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6920 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6921 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6928 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6929 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6930 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6931 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6936 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6937 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6938 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6940 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6941 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6942 h
= (info
->init_function
6943 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6944 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6951 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6954 h
= (info
->fini_function
6955 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6956 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6963 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6967 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6968 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6970 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6971 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6976 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6977 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6978 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6979 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6980 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6981 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6982 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6985 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6990 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6994 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6995 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6998 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6999 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
7001 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
7002 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7005 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
7006 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
7008 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
7009 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7013 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7014 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
7015 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
7016 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
7017 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
7018 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7020 bfd_size_type strsize
;
7022 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7023 if ((info
->emit_hash
7024 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
7025 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
7026 && (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
7027 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0)))
7028 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
7029 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
7030 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
7031 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
7032 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
7037 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
7040 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
7043 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
7044 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
7047 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7049 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
7051 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
7053 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
7054 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
7058 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
7060 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
7063 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
7065 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
7071 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7072 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
7075 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
7079 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
7081 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
7083 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
7084 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
7088 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
7089 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
7090 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
7094 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7095 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7101 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
7102 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
7104 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7107 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7109 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7110 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7111 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7114 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7117 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7120 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7121 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7123 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7126 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7128 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7129 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default. */
7130 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7131 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7132 && !(s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7133 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7136 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7139 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= found
;
7141 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7142 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7143 && (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7144 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7149 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7152 #define GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME(bed) \
7153 (bed)->record_xhash_symbol != NULL ? ".MIPS.xhash" : ".gnu.hash"
7156 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7158 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7159 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7160 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7162 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7165 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7166 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7168 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7169 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7170 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7171 of the global symbols.
7173 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7174 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7175 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7176 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7177 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7179 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7180 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7181 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7182 §ion_sym_count
);
7184 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7188 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7190 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7192 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7193 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7194 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7195 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7197 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7198 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7199 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7202 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7206 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7207 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7208 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7209 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7210 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7211 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7212 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7213 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7214 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7216 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7217 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7220 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7221 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7222 ++section_sym_count
;
7223 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7225 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7227 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7228 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7229 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7231 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7232 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7234 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7236 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7238 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7239 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7241 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7242 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7243 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7245 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7246 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7248 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7249 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7250 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7257 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7259 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7262 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7265 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7267 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7268 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7269 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7270 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7271 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7272 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7275 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7276 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7277 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7280 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7283 unsigned char *contents
;
7284 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7288 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7290 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7291 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7293 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7294 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7295 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7298 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7299 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7300 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7303 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7304 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7305 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7308 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7313 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7315 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7317 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7321 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME (bed
));
7322 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7324 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7326 /* Empty .gnu.hash or .MIPS.xhash section is special. */
7327 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7328 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7329 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7330 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7331 if (contents
== NULL
)
7333 s
->contents
= contents
;
7334 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7336 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7337 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7338 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7340 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7342 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7343 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7344 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7346 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7350 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7351 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7355 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7357 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7359 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7360 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7362 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7363 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7365 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7371 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7372 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7373 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7374 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7375 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7376 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7377 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7378 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7380 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7384 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7385 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7386 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7387 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7389 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7390 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7391 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7392 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7394 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7395 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7397 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7398 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7400 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7401 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7402 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7404 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7405 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7406 if (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
7407 s
->size
+= cinfo
.nsyms
* 4;
7408 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7409 if (contents
== NULL
)
7411 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7412 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7416 s
->contents
= contents
;
7417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7418 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7420 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7421 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7423 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7425 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7426 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7428 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7432 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7434 cinfo
.xlat
= contents
+ cinfo
.nsyms
* 4 - s
->contents
;
7435 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, if populating .gnu.hash section.
7436 If using .MIPS.xhash, populate the translation table. */
7437 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7438 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx
, &cinfo
);
7440 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7441 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7443 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7445 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7448 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7449 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7453 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7454 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7456 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7458 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7460 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7461 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7468 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7471 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7474 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7475 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7478 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7481 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7486 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7489 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7490 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7491 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7492 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7493 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7494 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7495 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7496 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7498 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7500 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7501 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7502 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7503 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7505 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7506 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7509 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7510 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7511 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7515 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7517 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7518 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7519 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7522 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7526 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7527 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7532 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7533 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7536 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7537 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7539 /* Set local fields. */
7542 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7543 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7544 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7545 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7546 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7547 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7548 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7549 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7556 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7557 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7560 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7562 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7564 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7566 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7567 symbol which just became indirect. */
7569 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7570 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7571 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7572 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7573 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7574 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7575 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7577 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7580 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7581 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7582 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7583 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7585 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7586 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7587 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7588 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7591 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7593 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7594 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7595 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7596 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7599 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7601 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7602 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7603 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7604 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7606 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7611 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7612 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7613 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7615 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7616 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7618 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7623 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7624 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7626 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7629 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7634 /* Hide a symbol. */
7637 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7638 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7639 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7641 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7643 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7644 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7645 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7646 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7647 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7648 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7649 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7650 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7654 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7658 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7659 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7661 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7662 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7664 unsigned int entsize
,
7665 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7668 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7670 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7671 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7672 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7673 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7674 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7675 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7677 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7679 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7680 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7685 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7687 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7688 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7690 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7691 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7693 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7697 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7698 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7704 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7709 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7712 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7714 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7716 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7717 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7718 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7719 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7720 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7723 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7724 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7725 entry for a dynamic object. */
7728 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7730 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7731 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7732 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7736 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7739 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7740 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7741 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7748 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7750 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7751 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7752 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7755 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7756 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7758 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7759 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7760 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7762 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7764 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7767 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7768 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7770 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7771 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7772 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7774 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7776 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7779 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7780 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7781 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7784 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7786 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7787 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7788 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7792 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7793 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7796 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7797 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7800 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7801 unsigned int elfsec
;
7802 unsigned long shlink
;
7803 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7805 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7809 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7810 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7813 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7814 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7817 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7820 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7821 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7824 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7826 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7827 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7830 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7831 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7833 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7835 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7837 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7840 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7843 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7844 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7847 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7852 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7873 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7875 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7876 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7877 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7880 struct elf_symbuf_head
7882 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7884 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7891 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7892 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7898 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7901 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7903 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7904 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7906 if (s1
->st_shndx
!= s2
->st_shndx
)
7907 return s1
->st_shndx
> s2
->st_shndx
? 1 : -1;
7908 /* Final sort by the address of the sym in the symbuf ensures
7911 return s1
> s2
? 1 : -1;
7916 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7918 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7919 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7920 int ret
= strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7923 if (s1
->u
.p
!= s2
->u
.p
)
7924 return s1
->u
.p
> s2
->u
.p
? 1 : -1;
7928 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7929 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7931 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7932 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7933 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7934 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
, amt
;
7936 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (*indbuf
);
7937 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7941 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7942 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7943 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7946 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7947 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7950 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7951 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7952 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7955 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7956 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7957 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7958 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7964 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7965 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7966 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7967 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7968 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7970 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7973 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7974 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7975 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7977 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7978 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7979 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7982 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7983 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7990 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7994 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7995 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7998 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7999 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8000 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
8001 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8002 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
8003 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
8004 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8005 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
8006 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
8012 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8013 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8014 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8017 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8020 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8021 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8022 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
8025 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8026 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8027 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8028 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8029 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8030 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8032 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8038 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
8039 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8041 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
8043 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8045 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8048 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8050 ssymbuf1
= elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
8051 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
;
8055 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
8057 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8059 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8062 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8064 ssymbuf2
= elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
8065 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
;
8069 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
8071 /* Optimized faster version. */
8073 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
8074 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
8077 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
8082 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8083 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8085 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8089 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
8096 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
8101 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8102 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8104 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8108 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
8114 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8118 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
8120 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
8121 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8125 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
8126 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8128 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8129 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8135 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8136 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8138 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8139 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8144 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8145 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8146 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8147 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8148 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8150 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8151 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8152 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8153 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8154 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8161 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8162 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8163 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8164 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8165 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8168 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8170 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8171 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8172 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8175 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8176 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8177 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8179 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8182 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8184 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8185 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8187 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8189 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8190 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8192 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8193 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8194 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8195 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8196 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8198 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8199 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8200 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8201 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8202 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8220 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8223 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8224 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8228 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8229 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8232 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8235 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8237 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8239 struct elf_final_link_info
8241 /* General link information. */
8242 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8245 /* Symbol string table. */
8246 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8247 /* .hash section. */
8249 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8250 asection
*symver_sec
;
8251 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8253 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8254 void *external_relocs
;
8255 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8256 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8257 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8259 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8260 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8261 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8262 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8264 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8265 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8266 of any input BFD. */
8268 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8269 symbol of any input BFD. */
8270 asection
**sections
;
8271 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8272 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8273 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8274 size_t filesym_count
;
8277 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8279 struct elf_outext_info
8282 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8283 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8284 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8288 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8290 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8291 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8292 relocations themselves.
8294 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8295 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8296 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8297 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8299 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8300 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8301 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8302 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8305 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8306 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8309 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8310 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8314 <binary-operator> := as in C
8315 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8318 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8319 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8324 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8325 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8326 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8328 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8330 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8332 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8333 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8335 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8336 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8337 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8338 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8341 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8345 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8346 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8348 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8349 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8350 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8351 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8352 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8353 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8354 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8355 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8359 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8361 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8363 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8366 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8367 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8368 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8369 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8372 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8374 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8378 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8381 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8382 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8385 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8386 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8388 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8390 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8392 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8393 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8395 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8396 (unsigned long) *result
);
8402 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8403 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8404 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8408 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8409 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8411 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8412 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8413 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8415 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8416 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8424 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8425 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8426 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8429 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8437 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8438 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8440 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8444 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8445 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8446 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8448 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8449 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8452 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8454 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8456 *result
= (curr
->vma
8457 + curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, curr
));
8461 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8469 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8471 /* xgettext:c-format */
8472 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8477 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8480 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8482 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8491 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8493 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8498 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8500 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8513 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8517 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8521 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8522 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8524 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8526 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8530 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8531 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8532 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8534 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8535 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8536 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8537 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8539 if (symbol_is_section
)
8541 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8542 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8543 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8545 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8551 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8552 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8553 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8556 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8563 /* All that remains are operators. */
8565 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8566 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8568 sym += strlen (#op); \
8572 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8573 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8576 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8582 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8583 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8585 sym += strlen (#op); \
8589 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8590 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8593 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8594 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8597 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8627 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8634 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8635 unsigned long chunksz
,
8640 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8642 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8647 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8651 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8655 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8656 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8662 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8663 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8676 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8677 unsigned long chunksz
,
8684 /* Sanity checks. */
8685 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8688 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8689 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8690 && location
!= NULL
);
8692 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8694 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8696 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8697 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8698 of the loop below. */
8702 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8704 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8709 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8712 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8715 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8719 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8730 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8731 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8732 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8733 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8734 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8735 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8736 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8737 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8738 unsigned long encoded
)
8740 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8741 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8742 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8743 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8744 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8745 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8746 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8747 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8750 bfd_reloc_status_type
8751 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8752 asection
*input_section
,
8754 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8757 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8758 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8759 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8760 bfd_size_type octets
;
8762 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8763 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8764 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8765 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8766 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8768 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8769 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8770 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8772 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8775 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8777 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8779 octets
= rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8780 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ octets
);
8783 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8784 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8785 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8786 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8787 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8788 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8789 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8794 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8795 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8796 ? complain_overflow_signed
8797 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8798 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8802 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8805 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8806 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8807 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8808 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8809 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8810 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8812 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ octets
);
8816 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8817 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8818 know the value is aligned. */
8821 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8828 const union aligned32
*a
8829 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8831 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8832 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8833 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8834 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8839 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8846 const union aligned32
*a
8847 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8849 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8850 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8851 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8852 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8856 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8858 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8865 const union aligned64
*a
8866 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8868 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8869 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8870 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8871 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8872 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8873 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8874 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8875 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8880 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8887 const union aligned64
*a
8888 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8890 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8891 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8892 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8893 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8894 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8895 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8896 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8897 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8902 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8903 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8904 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8908 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8910 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8912 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8915 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8917 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8918 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8919 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8921 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8924 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8926 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8927 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8929 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8931 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8932 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8937 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8940 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8947 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8951 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8952 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8954 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8957 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8960 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8961 && info
->gc_sections
8962 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8964 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8965 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8967 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8968 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8970 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8973 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8975 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8976 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8977 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8978 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8979 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8982 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8983 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8985 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8987 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8990 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8991 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8993 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8995 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8996 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8997 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8998 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
9004 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
9005 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
9006 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
9007 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
9008 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
9014 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
9015 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
9016 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9017 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
9018 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
9019 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
9022 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
9023 speeding the main loop below. */
9024 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
9025 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9027 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9036 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
9037 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
9038 have the same r_offset. */
9039 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
9040 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
9041 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
9042 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
9045 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9047 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
9048 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9049 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
9051 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
9056 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
9057 from one of more input files. Files are not always
9058 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
9059 called. See pr17666. */
9060 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
9061 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
9062 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
9063 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
9064 while (p
+ runlen
< end
9065 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
9066 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
9067 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
9071 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
9075 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
9077 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
9078 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
9079 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
9083 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
9084 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
9085 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
9087 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
9090 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
9091 free (reldata
->hashes
);
9092 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
9098 struct elf_link_sort_rela
9104 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
9105 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
9106 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
9109 /* qsort stability here and for cmp2 is only an issue if multiple
9110 dynamic relocations are emitted at the same address. But targets
9111 that apply a series of dynamic relocations each operating on the
9112 result of the prior relocation can't use -z combreloc as
9113 implemented anyway. Such schemes tend to be broken by sorting on
9114 symbol index. That leaves dynamic NONE relocs as the only other
9115 case where ld might emit multiple relocs at the same address, and
9116 those are only emitted due to target bugs. */
9119 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9121 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9122 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9123 int relativea
, relativeb
;
9125 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9126 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9128 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
9130 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
9132 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9134 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9136 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9138 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9144 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9146 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9147 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9149 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9151 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9153 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9155 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9157 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9159 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9165 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9167 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9170 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9171 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9172 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9173 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9174 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9175 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9176 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
9177 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9178 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9179 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9181 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9183 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9184 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9185 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9186 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9187 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9189 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9191 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9192 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9195 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9196 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9197 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9198 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9200 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9202 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9204 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9205 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9206 It is of no help to us. */
9210 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9211 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9213 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9214 "they are in more than one size"),
9216 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9222 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9226 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9228 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9229 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9231 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9232 "they are in more than one size"),
9234 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9240 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9245 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9246 something is wrong. */
9247 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9248 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9249 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9254 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9255 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9257 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9259 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9261 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9262 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9263 It is of no help to us. */
9267 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9268 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9270 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9271 "they are in more than one size"),
9273 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9279 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9283 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9285 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9286 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9288 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9289 "they are in more than one size"),
9291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9297 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9302 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9303 something is wrong. */
9304 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9305 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9311 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9315 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9317 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9324 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9325 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9326 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9327 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9331 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9332 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9333 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9334 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9338 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9339 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9340 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9342 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9345 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9346 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9348 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9351 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9355 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9356 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9360 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9361 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9363 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9365 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9366 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9368 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9369 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9371 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9373 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9374 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9375 relocs in this case. */
9380 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9381 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9383 while (erel
< erelend
)
9385 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9387 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9388 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9389 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9395 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9397 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9399 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9400 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9406 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9407 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9409 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9410 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9412 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9415 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9417 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9418 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9420 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9421 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9422 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9423 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9425 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9427 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9428 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9429 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9430 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9431 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9432 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9438 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9441 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9446 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9447 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9449 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9450 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9453 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9454 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9455 while (erel
< erelend
)
9457 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9458 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9465 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9469 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9472 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9474 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9475 asection
*input_sec
,
9476 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9478 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9479 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9480 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9481 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9482 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9483 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9485 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9487 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9488 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9489 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9491 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9496 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9497 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
;
9498 if (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym
->st_info
) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
9499 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_unique
;
9503 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9504 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9507 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9508 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9510 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9512 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9516 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9517 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9518 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9520 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9521 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9522 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9524 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9526 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9529 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9530 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9531 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9532 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9533 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9535 flinfo
->output_bfd
->symcount
+= 1;
9536 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9541 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9545 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9547 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9550 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9552 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9556 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9559 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9561 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9563 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9564 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9568 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9570 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9571 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9572 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9573 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9580 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9582 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9583 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9584 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9587 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9588 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9589 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9590 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9591 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9592 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9593 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9594 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9597 /* Allow the linker to examine the strtab and symtab now they are
9600 if (flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->examine_strtab
)
9601 flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->examine_strtab (hash_table
->strtab
,
9602 hash_table
->strtabcount
,
9605 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9606 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9607 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9608 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9609 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9611 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9619 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9620 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9625 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9628 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9630 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9631 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9633 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9636 /* xgettext:c-format */
9637 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9638 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9639 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9645 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9646 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9647 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9648 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9649 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9652 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9653 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9654 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9657 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9659 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9662 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9663 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9664 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9666 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9672 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9673 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9674 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9676 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9677 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9681 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9682 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9683 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9686 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9687 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9690 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9692 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9694 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9697 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9701 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9702 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9704 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9705 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9706 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9708 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9710 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9712 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9713 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9716 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9718 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9719 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9721 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9726 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9727 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9730 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9733 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9735 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9738 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9739 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9740 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9741 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9744 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9745 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9746 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9754 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9755 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9756 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9759 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9760 unsigned short version_index
;
9762 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9763 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9766 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9769 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9772 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9774 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9776 && h
->forced_local
))
9778 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9779 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9780 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9785 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9786 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9788 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9802 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9805 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9807 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9808 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9810 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9814 case elf_stt_common
:
9817 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9824 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9825 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9826 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9827 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9828 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9832 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9834 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9835 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9836 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9838 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9839 asection
*input_sec
;
9840 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9845 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9847 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9848 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9852 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9853 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9855 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9860 if (h
->forced_local
)
9864 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9866 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9868 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9869 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9870 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9871 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9873 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9875 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9876 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9877 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9878 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9880 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9882 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9883 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9884 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9885 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9886 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9887 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9888 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9890 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9892 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9897 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9898 shared libraries. */
9899 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9904 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9905 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9909 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9911 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9912 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9913 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9915 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9916 /* xgettext:c-format */
9917 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9918 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9919 /* xgettext:c-format */
9920 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9922 /* xgettext:c-format */
9923 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9924 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9925 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9926 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9927 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9928 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9929 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9930 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9934 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9935 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9936 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9941 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9943 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9947 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9949 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9950 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9951 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9953 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9954 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9955 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9956 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9957 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9958 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9959 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9961 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9962 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9963 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9964 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9969 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9970 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9971 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9972 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9975 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9976 && !h
->forced_local
)
9980 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9981 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9982 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9985 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9986 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9990 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9991 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9992 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9993 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9996 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9997 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9999 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10000 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10003 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
10004 input_sec
->output_section
);
10005 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10008 /* xgettext:c-format */
10009 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
10010 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
10011 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10012 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10016 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
10017 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
10019 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
10020 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10022 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
10023 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
10025 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
10026 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10027 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
10033 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
10034 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
10035 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10036 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10041 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10042 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
10043 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
10044 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
10047 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
10048 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
10049 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
10050 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
10051 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
10052 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
10053 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
10057 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10058 switch (h
->root
.type
)
10060 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10061 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10063 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10064 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10065 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
10066 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10070 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10071 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10077 if (h
->forced_local
)
10079 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
10080 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
10081 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
10083 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
10084 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
10085 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
10086 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
10087 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10088 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
10090 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
10091 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
10093 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
10094 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
10095 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
10096 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
10097 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
10098 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
10100 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10101 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
10102 || h
->forced_local
)
10103 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
10104 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
10105 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
10106 || !h
->forced_local
)
10107 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
10109 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
10110 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
10112 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10117 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
10118 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
10119 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
10120 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
10121 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
10122 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
10123 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10125 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
10126 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
10129 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
10131 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
10132 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10135 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
10136 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
10138 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
10139 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
10142 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
10143 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
10144 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
10145 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
10146 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10151 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
10152 locally, it is a fatal error. */
10153 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10154 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
10155 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
10156 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10157 && !h
->def_regular
)
10161 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10162 /* xgettext:c-format */
10163 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10164 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10165 /* xgettext:c-format */
10166 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10168 /* xgettext:c-format */
10169 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10170 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10172 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10176 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10177 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10178 the entry in the .hash section. */
10179 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10180 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10181 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10182 && !discarded_section (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
))
10186 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10187 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10188 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10189 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10190 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10191 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10193 || !h
->def_regular
))
10195 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10197 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10200 /* xgettext:c-format */
10201 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10202 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10203 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10208 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10209 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10210 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10211 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10213 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10216 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10218 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10220 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10221 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10223 size_t bucketcount
;
10226 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10227 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10230 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10231 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10232 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10233 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10234 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10236 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10237 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10238 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10241 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10243 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10244 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10246 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
10248 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10249 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10250 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10251 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10253 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10257 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10258 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10260 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10261 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10265 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10266 defined locally. */
10267 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10268 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10270 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10271 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10272 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10276 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10277 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10278 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10279 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10281 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10282 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10283 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10286 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10290 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10293 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10294 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10295 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10296 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10297 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10298 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10299 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10300 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10301 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10302 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10304 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10306 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10307 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10308 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10309 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10310 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10313 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10316 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10317 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10321 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10326 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10332 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10333 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10336 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10338 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10340 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10342 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10343 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10344 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10350 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10351 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10352 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10358 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10359 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10360 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10361 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10362 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10363 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10364 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10365 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10368 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10370 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10373 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10376 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10379 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10382 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10385 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10386 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10388 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10389 asection
*s
= first
;
10393 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10396 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10404 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10405 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10409 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10413 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10416 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10417 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10419 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10420 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10422 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10427 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10428 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10429 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10430 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10433 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10435 int (*relocate_section
)
10436 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10437 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10439 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10440 size_t locsymcount
;
10442 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10444 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10446 asection
**ppsection
;
10448 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10450 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10451 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10453 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10455 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10456 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10457 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10459 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10460 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10462 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10465 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10466 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10468 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10473 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10474 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10477 /* Read the local symbols. */
10478 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10479 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10481 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10482 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10483 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10484 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10485 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10489 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10490 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10491 going into the output file. */
10492 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10493 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10495 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10499 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10505 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10507 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10514 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10515 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10516 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10517 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10518 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10519 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10522 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10525 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10526 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10527 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10529 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10530 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10532 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10533 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10539 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10540 output any undefined local symbol. */
10541 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10544 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10546 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10547 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10552 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10554 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10557 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10558 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10559 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10560 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10562 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10565 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10566 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10567 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10568 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10569 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10570 isec
->output_section
))
10573 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10574 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10579 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10580 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10581 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10583 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10584 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10585 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10586 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10587 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10590 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10592 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10593 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10594 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10596 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10597 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10599 if (!have_file_sym
)
10601 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10602 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10603 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10604 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10605 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10606 source file, but the best we can do. */
10607 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10608 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10609 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10610 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10611 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10612 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10613 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10614 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10615 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10622 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10623 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10624 isec
->output_section
);
10625 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10628 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10629 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10630 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10631 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10632 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10633 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10634 these requirements. */
10635 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10636 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10638 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10639 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10641 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10642 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10643 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10645 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (osym
.st_info
),
10650 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10651 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10658 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10660 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10666 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10671 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10672 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10673 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10675 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10677 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10679 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10683 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10684 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10686 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10687 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10688 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10689 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10691 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10692 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10693 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10694 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10697 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10698 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10699 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10700 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10702 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10704 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10706 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10707 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10708 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10712 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10714 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10715 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10716 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10721 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10722 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10727 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10729 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10732 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10734 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10735 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10740 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10744 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10745 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10749 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10750 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10753 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10755 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10760 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10761 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10762 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10763 the routines which work on output files. */
10764 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10766 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10767 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10769 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10771 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10772 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10777 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10778 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10782 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10784 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10785 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10786 int action_discarded
;
10789 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10791 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10792 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10793 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10794 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10797 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10798 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10799 if (o
->size
> address_size
10800 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10801 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10802 ".init_array") == 0)
10803 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10804 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10805 ".fini_array") == 0))
10806 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10808 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10809 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10812 /* xgettext:c-format */
10813 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10814 "multiple of address size"),
10816 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10819 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10822 action_discarded
= -1;
10823 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10824 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10826 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10827 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10828 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10829 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10830 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10832 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10833 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10834 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10836 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10837 unsigned int s_type
;
10838 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10839 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10840 const char *sym_name
;
10842 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10845 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10846 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10847 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10849 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10851 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10852 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10853 we do not seg fault. */
10857 /* xgettext:c-format */
10858 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10859 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10860 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10865 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10866 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10867 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10871 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10872 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10873 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10874 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10875 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10876 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10877 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10878 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10879 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10880 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10881 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10882 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10883 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10884 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10886 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10887 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10891 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10892 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10893 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10895 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10899 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10901 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10902 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10903 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10907 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10908 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10911 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10912 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10914 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10915 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10916 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10917 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10918 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10919 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10920 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10921 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10922 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10924 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10925 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10928 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10929 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10934 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10936 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10937 discarded section. */
10938 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10940 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10941 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10942 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10943 /* xgettext:c-format */
10944 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10945 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10946 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10948 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10949 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10950 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10951 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10952 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10953 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10954 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10958 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10970 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10972 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10973 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10974 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10975 reloc addend as necessary.
10977 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10978 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10980 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10981 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10982 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10984 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10985 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10986 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10987 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10988 the addend to be adjusted. */
10990 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10991 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10999 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
11000 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
11002 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
11003 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
11004 bfd_vma last_offset
;
11005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
11006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
11007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
11008 unsigned int next_erel
;
11009 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
11010 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
11012 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
11013 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
11014 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
11016 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
11018 irela
= internal_relocs
;
11019 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11020 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
11021 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
11022 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
11024 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11025 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
11026 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11027 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
11028 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
11029 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
11030 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11031 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11032 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
11034 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11036 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11038 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11044 if (irela
== irelamid
)
11046 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
11047 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
11048 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
11051 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
11054 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11056 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
11057 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
11058 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
11059 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
11061 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
11063 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
11067 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
11069 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
11070 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11071 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11073 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
11075 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
11076 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11079 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
11080 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
11081 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
11083 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
11084 unsigned long indx
;
11086 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
11087 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
11088 we do not know the symbol index of any global
11089 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
11090 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
11091 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
11092 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
11093 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
11094 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
11095 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11096 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11097 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11099 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
11100 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
11101 used by a reloc. */
11102 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
11109 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
11112 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
11113 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
11114 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
11116 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
11117 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
11118 processor specific section. */
11119 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
11120 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
11122 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
11124 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11129 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11131 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
11132 section will be the absolute section. In
11133 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
11134 the kept section. relocate_section should
11135 have already handled discarded linkonce
11137 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
11138 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
11139 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11141 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
11142 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11145 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
11147 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11148 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11150 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
11151 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
11153 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11154 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11159 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
11160 section winds up in the output section. */
11162 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11166 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11168 unsigned long shlink
;
11173 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11175 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11176 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11180 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11181 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11182 must output it now. */
11183 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11184 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11185 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11189 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11191 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11193 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11196 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11197 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11199 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11200 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11202 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
11203 = elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
11205 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11207 if (htab
->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
11208 sym
.st_value
-= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11211 = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
),
11216 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11217 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11223 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11228 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11231 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11232 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11235 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11236 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11237 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11239 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11244 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11245 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11246 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11249 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11250 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11252 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11261 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11262 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11263 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11266 /* Section written out. */
11268 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11270 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11271 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11273 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11274 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11277 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11278 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11279 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11282 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11284 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11289 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11291 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11299 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11301 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11302 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11304 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
, o
);
11306 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11308 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11311 todo
-= address_size
;
11312 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11320 offset
+= address_size
;
11324 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11338 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11339 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11340 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11344 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11345 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11346 asection
*output_section
,
11347 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11349 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11353 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11354 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11356 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11357 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11360 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11362 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11369 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11372 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11373 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11374 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11381 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11382 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11383 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11385 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11386 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11387 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11393 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11394 actually against the section. */
11395 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11396 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11397 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11398 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11400 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11401 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11405 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11406 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11407 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11408 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11409 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11410 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11411 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11413 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11415 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11416 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11423 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11424 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11429 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11431 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11433 bfd_size_type size
;
11434 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11437 const char *sym_name
;
11438 bfd_size_type octets
;
11440 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11441 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11442 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11444 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11451 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11454 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11455 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11456 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11458 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11459 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11460 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11465 octets
= link_order
->offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
,
11467 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11474 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11475 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11477 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11478 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11479 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11481 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11483 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11484 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11485 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11487 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11488 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11490 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11492 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11493 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11494 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11496 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11497 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11501 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11502 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11503 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11512 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11513 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11516 compare_link_order (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11518 const struct bfd_link_order
*alo
= *(const struct bfd_link_order
**) a
;
11519 const struct bfd_link_order
*blo
= *(const struct bfd_link_order
**) b
;
11520 asection
*asec
= elf_linked_to_section (alo
->u
.indirect
.section
);
11521 asection
*bsec
= elf_linked_to_section (blo
->u
.indirect
.section
);
11522 bfd_vma apos
= asec
->output_section
->lma
+ asec
->output_offset
;
11523 bfd_vma bpos
= bsec
->output_section
->lma
+ bsec
->output_offset
;
11530 /* The only way we should get matching LMAs is when the first of two
11531 sections has zero size. */
11532 if (asec
->size
< bsec
->size
)
11534 if (asec
->size
> bsec
->size
)
11537 /* If they are both zero size then they almost certainly have the same
11538 VMA and thus are not ordered with respect to each other. Test VMA
11539 anyway, and fall back to id to make the result reproducible across
11540 qsort implementations. */
11541 apos
= asec
->output_section
->vma
+ asec
->output_offset
;
11542 bpos
= bsec
->output_section
->vma
+ bsec
->output_offset
;
11548 return asec
->id
- bsec
->id
;
11552 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11553 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11554 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11555 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11558 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11560 size_t seen_linkorder
;
11563 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11565 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11566 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11570 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11572 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11573 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11575 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11577 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11579 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
11580 && bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11581 && elf_section_data (s
) != NULL
11582 && elf_linked_to_section (s
) != NULL
)
11596 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11598 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11600 /* xgettext:c-format */
11601 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11602 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11603 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11604 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11607 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11608 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11613 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11616 sections
= bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (*sections
));
11617 if (sections
== NULL
)
11620 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11621 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11622 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11624 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11625 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (*sections
), compare_link_order
);
11627 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11629 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11632 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11633 mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11634 offset
= (offset
+ ~mask
) & mask
;
11635 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, s
);
11636 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11637 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11644 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11645 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11648 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11650 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11652 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11654 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11656 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11660 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11663 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11664 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11666 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11669 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11670 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11671 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11672 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11673 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11676 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11677 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11678 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11679 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11680 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11681 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11684 /* Get symbol table size. */
11685 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11689 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11690 sympp
= (asymbol
**) bfd_malloc (symsize
);
11694 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11698 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11699 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11700 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11703 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11704 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11705 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11708 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11712 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11718 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11719 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (*osymbuf
);
11720 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc (implib_bfd
, amt
);
11721 if (osymbuf
== NULL
)
11724 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11726 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11727 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11728 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11729 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11730 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11731 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11732 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11733 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11736 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11738 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11739 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11740 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11741 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11744 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11755 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11759 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11760 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11761 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11762 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11763 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11764 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11765 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11766 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11767 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11768 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11769 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11770 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11771 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11772 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11773 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11774 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11775 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11776 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11777 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
11778 && flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1)
11779 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11780 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11782 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11783 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11784 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11785 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11786 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11790 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11793 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11795 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11796 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11798 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11800 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11802 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11803 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11804 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11805 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11806 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11807 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11809 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11810 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11811 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11812 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11813 bfd_boolean merged
;
11814 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11815 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11817 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11818 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11819 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11820 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11821 bfd_boolean sections_removed
;
11823 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11826 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11827 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11829 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11830 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11832 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11833 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11835 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11836 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11837 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11838 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11843 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11844 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11848 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11849 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11850 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11851 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11854 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11855 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11856 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11857 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11858 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11859 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11860 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11861 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11862 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11863 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11865 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11866 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11868 sections_removed
= FALSE
;
11869 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11870 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11872 bfd_boolean remove_section
= FALSE
;
11874 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11875 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11877 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11879 asection
*input_section
;
11881 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11883 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11884 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11885 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11886 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11889 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11890 bfd_set_section_size (o
, attr_size
);
11891 /* Skip this section later on. */
11892 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11896 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11898 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11900 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11901 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11903 if (remove_section
)
11905 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11906 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11907 abfd
->section_count
--;
11908 sections_removed
= TRUE
;
11911 if (sections_removed
)
11912 _bfd_fix_excluded_sec_syms (abfd
, info
);
11914 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11915 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11916 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11917 max_contents_size
= 0;
11918 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11919 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11921 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11923 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11925 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11926 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11928 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11930 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11931 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11932 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11934 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11935 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11937 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11941 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11943 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11944 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11945 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11946 the linker has decided to not include. */
11947 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11949 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11952 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11953 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11954 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11955 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11957 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11958 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11962 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11964 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11965 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11966 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11968 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11970 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11971 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11973 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11974 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11975 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11977 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11978 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11979 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11980 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11981 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11983 else if (emit_relocs
)
11985 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11986 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11989 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11990 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11993 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11994 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11996 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11998 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
12000 size_t ext_size
= 0;
12002 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
12003 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
12004 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
12005 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
12007 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
12008 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
12009 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
12010 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
12015 if (reloc_count
== 0)
12018 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12019 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
12021 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
12025 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
12026 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12028 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
12030 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
12031 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12037 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
12039 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
12043 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
12044 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12047 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
12048 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
12049 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
12050 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
12053 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
12054 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
12055 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
12056 sections are handled correctly. */
12057 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
12058 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
12062 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
12063 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
12065 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
12066 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
12067 to create a symbol table. */
12068 abfd
->symcount
= info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
12069 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
12070 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
12073 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
12074 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12076 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12077 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
12080 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
12084 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
12088 /* _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions makes temporary use
12089 of target_index. Reset it. */
12090 o
->target_index
= 0;
12092 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
12093 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
12094 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
12095 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
12097 if ((esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
12098 && !bfd_section_is_ctf (o
))
12100 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
12101 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
12102 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
12103 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
12104 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
12107 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
12108 if (contents
== NULL
)
12110 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12114 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except .symtab,
12115 .strtab, and non-loaded reloc and compressed debugging sections. We start
12116 the .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly to it.
12117 We build the .strtab section in memory. */
12118 abfd
->symcount
= 0;
12119 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12120 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
12121 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
12122 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
12123 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12124 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
12125 /* sh_info is set below. */
12126 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12127 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12129 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
12130 max_sym_count
= 20;
12131 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
12132 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
12133 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12134 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
12136 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
12138 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
12139 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
12141 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
12143 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
12145 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
12147 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
12148 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
12149 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
12151 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
12153 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12154 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12155 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
12156 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12157 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
12158 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12159 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
12160 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
12163 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
12164 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
12165 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
12166 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
12167 outputting relocs. */
12169 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12170 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12171 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12172 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12173 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12174 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12176 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12179 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12180 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12181 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12182 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12183 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12190 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12192 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12194 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12195 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12199 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12201 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12202 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12206 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12208 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12209 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12210 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12214 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12216 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12217 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12218 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12221 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12222 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12223 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12226 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12227 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12228 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12231 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12232 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12233 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12237 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12239 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12240 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12241 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12247 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12250 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12251 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12254 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12257 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12259 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12262 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12264 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12266 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12267 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12268 alignment requirements. */
12269 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12270 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12271 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12274 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12275 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12277 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12281 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12284 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12285 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12286 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12287 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12288 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12290 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12291 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12292 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12293 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12294 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12295 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12296 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12297 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12298 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12299 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12300 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12301 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12302 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12304 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12305 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12306 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12308 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12310 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12311 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12312 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12313 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12315 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12317 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12319 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12322 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12323 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12325 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12330 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12332 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12333 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12334 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12335 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12336 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12338 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12340 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12342 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12343 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12344 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12348 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12350 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12351 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12352 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12356 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12358 /* xgettext:c-format */
12359 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12360 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12369 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12370 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12372 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12373 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12374 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12376 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12377 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12381 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12382 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12383 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12384 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12385 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12386 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12387 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12388 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12389 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12390 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12391 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12395 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12396 table, do it now. */
12397 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12398 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12400 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12401 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12402 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12404 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12405 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12406 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12410 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12411 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12412 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12413 converted to local in a version script. */
12415 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12416 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12419 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12420 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12422 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12423 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12425 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12426 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12428 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12429 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12430 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12436 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12438 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12440 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12446 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12449 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12450 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12451 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12452 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12454 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12455 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12456 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12460 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12461 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12463 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12464 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12469 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12470 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12471 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12473 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12475 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12480 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12481 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12483 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12485 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12488 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12489 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12494 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12495 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12496 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12497 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12498 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12502 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12503 table, do it now. */
12504 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12505 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12507 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12508 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12509 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12511 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12512 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12513 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12517 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12518 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12520 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12521 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12524 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12525 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12527 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12529 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12530 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12532 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12534 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12536 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12538 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12539 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12540 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12541 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12542 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12544 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12547 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12548 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12553 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12554 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12555 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12556 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12557 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12558 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12559 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12560 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12561 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12562 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12563 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12565 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12567 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12569 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12570 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12574 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12576 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12577 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12581 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12582 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12584 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12587 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12590 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12591 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12592 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12594 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12595 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12598 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12599 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12600 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12603 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12604 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12606 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12607 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12610 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12612 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12613 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12614 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12616 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12617 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12618 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12620 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12623 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12626 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12633 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12635 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12637 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12638 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12641 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12648 name
= info
->init_function
;
12651 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12654 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12656 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12658 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12659 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12661 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12662 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12663 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12664 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12665 + o
->output_offset
);
12668 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12669 library and does not apply to this one. */
12670 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12677 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12678 name
= ".preinit_array";
12680 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12681 name
= ".init_array";
12683 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12684 name
= ".fini_array";
12686 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12690 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12695 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12696 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12699 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12700 name
= ".preinit_array";
12702 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12703 name
= ".init_array";
12705 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12706 name
= ".fini_array";
12708 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12715 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12724 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12727 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12730 name
= ".gnu.version";
12732 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12734 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12737 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12740 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12743 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12747 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12754 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12760 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12762 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12764 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12765 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12766 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12768 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12770 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12771 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12775 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12777 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12778 overall reloc count. */
12779 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12781 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12782 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12783 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12784 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12785 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12786 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12787 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12788 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12789 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12790 No PLT relocs applied. */
12793 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12794 it from DT_RELA. */
12795 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12796 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12797 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12800 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12801 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12803 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12806 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12810 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12811 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12813 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12816 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12817 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12818 || info
->error_textrel
)
12819 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12821 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12823 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12824 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12825 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12827 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12829 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12831 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12833 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12834 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12835 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12837 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12838 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12844 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12846 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12848 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12850 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12852 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12853 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12856 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12858 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12860 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12862 bfd_size_type octets
= ((file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12863 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, o
));
12864 if (!bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12865 o
->contents
, octets
, o
->size
))
12870 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12874 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12875 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12876 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12882 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12884 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12886 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12887 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12892 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12893 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12895 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12899 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12902 if (info
->callbacks
->emit_ctf
)
12903 info
->callbacks
->emit_ctf ();
12905 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12909 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12910 if (contents
== NULL
)
12911 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12912 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12913 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12920 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12924 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12927 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12928 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12930 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12931 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12933 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12934 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12936 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12937 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12938 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12939 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12941 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12942 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12946 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12947 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12950 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12951 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12953 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12955 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12956 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12958 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12959 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12961 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12963 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12966 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12967 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12972 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12975 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12977 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12979 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12980 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12981 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12982 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12985 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12986 of input bfd ABFD. */
12989 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12990 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12993 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12995 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12996 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
13000 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
13001 info
->keep_memory
);
13002 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
13004 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
13005 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13007 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
13011 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
13015 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13018 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
13019 free (cookie
->rels
);
13022 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
13025 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13026 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13029 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
13031 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
13036 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
13041 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
13045 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13048 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
13049 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
13052 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
13054 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
13057 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
13058 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13059 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13060 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13061 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13065 switch (h
->root
.type
)
13067 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13068 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13069 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13071 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13072 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
13079 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
13084 /* Return the debug definition section. */
13087 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13088 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13089 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13090 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13091 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13095 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
13096 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13097 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13098 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13099 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13103 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
13104 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
13106 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13113 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13114 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
13115 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
13118 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
13119 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13120 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13121 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
13123 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13124 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hw
;
13126 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13127 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13130 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
13131 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13133 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
13136 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
13140 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13141 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13142 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13144 /* Keep all aliases of the symbol too. If an object symbol
13145 needs to be copied into .dynbss then all of its aliases
13146 should be present as dynamic symbols, not just the one used
13147 on the copy relocation. */
13149 while (hw
->is_weakalias
)
13155 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
13157 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
13158 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
13162 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
13163 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
13168 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
13171 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
13172 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13175 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13176 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13177 the relocation symbol. */
13180 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13182 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13183 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13186 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13188 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13189 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13191 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13193 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13194 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13196 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13201 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13206 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13207 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13208 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13211 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13213 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13216 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13220 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13221 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13222 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13223 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13226 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13228 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13229 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13230 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13231 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13233 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13235 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13239 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13240 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13245 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13249 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13251 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13253 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13257 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13258 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13260 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13264 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13265 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13266 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13272 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13275 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13277 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13279 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13282 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13283 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13285 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13286 and special section. */
13287 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13290 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13291 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13293 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13294 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13296 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13298 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13300 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13301 keep all sections in this group. */
13302 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13307 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13309 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13313 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13316 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13317 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook
)
13321 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13324 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13325 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13326 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13328 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13330 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13331 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13334 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13335 see if any other section is already marked,
13336 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13337 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13338 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13340 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13342 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13343 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13344 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13348 /* Since all sections, except for backend specific ones,
13349 have been garbage collected, call mark_hook on this
13350 section if any of its linked-to sections is marked. */
13351 asection
*linked_to_sec
= elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
13352 for (; linked_to_sec
!= NULL
;
13353 linked_to_sec
= elf_linked_to_section (linked_to_sec
))
13354 if (linked_to_sec
->gc_mark
)
13356 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
, mark_hook
))
13362 if (!debug_frag_seen
13363 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13364 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13365 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13366 else if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (isec
),
13367 "__patchable_function_entries") == 0
13368 && elf_linked_to_section (isec
) == NULL
)
13369 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: %pB(%pA): error: "
13370 "need linked-to section "
13371 "for --gc-sections\n"),
13372 isec
->owner
, isec
);
13375 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13376 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13380 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13381 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13382 just debug sections or special sections. NB: Sections with
13383 linked-to section has been handled above. */
13384 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13386 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13387 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13388 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13389 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13390 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
13391 && elf_linked_to_section (isec
) == NULL
)
13393 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13394 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13397 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13398 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13399 are associated with that code section. */
13400 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13401 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13402 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13403 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13408 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13410 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13411 section containing the name of the code section as
13412 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13413 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13414 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13418 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13419 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13422 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13425 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13426 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13431 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13432 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13433 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13435 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13436 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13437 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13444 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13447 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13449 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13453 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13454 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13455 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13458 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13461 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13463 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13464 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13465 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13467 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13469 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13470 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13476 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13477 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13480 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13481 to remove a section from the output. */
13482 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13484 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13485 /* xgettext:c-format */
13486 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13494 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13495 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13498 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13500 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13502 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13503 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13506 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13507 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13510 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13511 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13514 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13515 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13517 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13519 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13521 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13522 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13527 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13529 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13530 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13532 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13535 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13536 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13539 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13540 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13555 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13558 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13559 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13560 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13561 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13563 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13564 well as those that are not loaded. */
13566 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13567 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13570 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13571 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13573 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13574 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13575 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13577 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13579 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13580 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13581 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13583 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13585 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13586 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13588 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13589 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13590 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13592 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13593 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13596 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13597 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13603 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13604 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13608 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13610 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13611 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13613 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13614 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13615 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13616 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13617 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13618 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13619 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13620 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13621 || info
->export_dynamic
13624 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13625 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13626 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13627 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13628 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13633 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13634 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13637 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13639 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13641 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13643 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13645 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13646 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13649 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13650 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13651 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13652 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13653 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13658 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13659 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13661 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13663 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13666 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13668 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13670 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13671 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13674 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13677 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13679 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13680 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13682 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13683 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13690 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13693 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13695 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13697 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13698 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13699 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13701 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13702 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13704 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13708 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13709 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13711 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13712 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13713 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13714 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13715 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13718 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13720 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13721 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13723 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13724 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13726 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13727 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13728 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13729 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13730 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13731 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13735 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13736 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13740 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13741 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13745 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13746 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13747 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13749 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13750 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13751 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13755 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13756 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13757 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13761 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13764 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13765 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13766 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13767 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13768 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13770 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13771 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13772 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13773 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13774 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13775 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13777 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13778 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13779 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13780 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13782 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13787 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13788 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13790 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13791 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13794 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13797 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13799 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13802 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13803 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13804 size_t extsymcount
;
13805 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13807 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13808 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13810 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13811 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13812 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13814 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13815 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13817 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13818 offset as the relocation. */
13819 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13821 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13822 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13823 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13824 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13825 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13829 /* xgettext:c-format */
13830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13831 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13836 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13838 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13839 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13840 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13845 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13846 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13847 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13848 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13850 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13853 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13858 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13861 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13862 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13866 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13870 /* xgettext:c-format */
13871 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: section '%pA': corrupt VTENTRY entry"),
13873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13879 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13880 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13885 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13887 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13888 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13890 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13892 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13893 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13894 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13898 if (addend
>= size
)
13900 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13901 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13902 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13905 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13907 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13908 consolidation pass. */
13909 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13913 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13919 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13920 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13921 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13925 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13930 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13931 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13932 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13935 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13940 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13944 flagword flag_value
;
13945 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13947 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13949 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13950 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13951 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13952 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13953 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13954 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13955 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13956 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13957 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13958 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13959 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13960 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13963 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13965 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13966 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13969 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13971 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13973 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13974 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13975 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13977 int without_hex
= 0;
13979 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13982 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13984 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13985 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13987 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13991 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13992 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13993 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13994 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13999 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
14001 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
14003 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
14004 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
14005 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
14006 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
14013 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14014 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
14018 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
14019 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
14020 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
14023 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
14026 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
14032 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
14034 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
14037 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
14038 to real got offsets. */
14041 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
14043 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
14044 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
14045 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
14047 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
14049 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
14050 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
14053 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
14058 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
14059 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
14062 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
14063 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14066 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14068 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
14070 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
14072 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14075 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
14076 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
14077 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
14080 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
14082 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
14083 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
14085 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
14086 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
14087 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14089 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14092 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
14096 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
14097 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
14098 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
14100 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14102 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
14104 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
14106 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
14107 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
14110 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
14114 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
14115 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
14116 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
14117 gofarg
.info
= info
;
14118 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14119 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
14124 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
14125 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
14128 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14130 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
14133 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14134 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
14138 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
14140 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
14142 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14143 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
14145 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
14147 unsigned long r_symndx
;
14149 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14150 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
14152 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
14155 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
14156 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
14159 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
14160 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
14162 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14164 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
14166 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
14167 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
14168 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
14170 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14171 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14172 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
14173 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
14174 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
14179 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
14180 but it could be a relocation against a local
14181 symbol for a discarded section. */
14183 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
14185 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
14186 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
14187 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
14189 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
14190 || discarded_section (isec
)))
14198 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
14199 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
14200 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
14201 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
14204 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14206 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14211 if (info
->traditional_format
14212 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14215 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14220 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14223 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14224 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14228 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14231 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14234 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14235 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14236 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14240 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14245 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14246 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14250 int eh_changed
= 0;
14251 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14253 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14259 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14262 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14265 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14266 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14267 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14271 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14275 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14278 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14279 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14280 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14281 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14283 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14284 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14286 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14289 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14290 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14291 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14292 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14294 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14299 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14300 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14308 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14309 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14312 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14314 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14317 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14319 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14320 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14323 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14325 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14327 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14330 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14333 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14337 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14338 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14340 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14341 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14342 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14349 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14354 const char *name
, *key
;
14355 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14356 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14358 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14361 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14363 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14364 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14365 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14368 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14369 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14370 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14373 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14375 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14376 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14377 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14378 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14381 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14382 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14383 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14386 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14387 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14388 single member groups. */
14392 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14394 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14396 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14397 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14398 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14399 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14400 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14401 type of section. */
14402 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14403 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14404 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14405 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14407 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14408 issue a warning. */
14409 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14412 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14414 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14415 asection
*s
= first
;
14419 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14420 /* Record which group discards it. */
14421 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14422 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14423 /* These lists are circular. */
14433 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14434 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14435 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14437 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14439 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14440 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14441 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14442 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14443 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14445 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14446 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14447 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14452 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14453 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14454 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14456 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14459 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14460 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14462 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14463 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14468 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14469 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14470 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14471 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14472 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14473 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14474 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14475 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14476 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14477 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14478 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14480 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14481 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14482 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14483 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14485 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14486 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14490 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14491 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14492 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14493 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14497 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14499 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14503 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14509 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14511 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14515 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14516 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14517 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14518 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14519 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14521 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14522 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14525 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14527 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14529 static const char *
14530 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14532 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14535 const char *old_name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
14536 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14538 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14541 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14542 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14547 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14548 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14549 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14553 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14555 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14557 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14559 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14561 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14565 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14567 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14568 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14575 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14576 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14577 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14580 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14581 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14582 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14583 string table associated with ABFD. */
14586 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14588 unsigned int alignment
,
14590 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14592 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14594 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14596 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14601 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14603 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14605 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14606 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14607 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14608 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14610 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14611 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14613 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14614 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14615 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14616 seen to be a .rela section. */
14617 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14618 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14623 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14629 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14630 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14631 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14632 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14634 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14635 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14636 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14639 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14640 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14642 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14643 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14645 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14646 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14649 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14652 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14654 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14655 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14656 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14657 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14660 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14663 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14665 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14666 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14667 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14668 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14671 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14673 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14674 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14675 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14679 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14680 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14682 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14683 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14684 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14686 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14687 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14688 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14689 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14690 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14691 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14693 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14694 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14696 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14697 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14698 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14699 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14703 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14704 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14706 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);